1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
3 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 #include "safe-ctype.h"
28 #include "libiberty.h"
31 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
33 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
34 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
35 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
39 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
40 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
41 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
43 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
46 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
47 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
48 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
49 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
50 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
54 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
56 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
,
59 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
62 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
64 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
65 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
70 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
74 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
75 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
78 /* This function may be called more than once. */
79 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
80 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
83 switch (bed
->s
->arch_size
)
94 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
98 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
100 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
102 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, ptralign
))
105 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
107 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
109 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, ptralign
))
113 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
115 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
116 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
117 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
118 a global offset table. */
119 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
120 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
125 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
126 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
131 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
133 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
135 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
137 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
138 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
139 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
141 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
143 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
144 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
150 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
151 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
152 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
153 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
154 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
155 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
158 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
161 register asection
*s
;
162 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
164 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
167 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
170 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
173 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
174 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
176 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
178 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
179 shared library does not. */
180 if (info
->executable
)
182 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
183 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
188 if (! info
->traditional_format
)
190 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame_hdr",
191 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
193 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 2))
195 elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
= s
;
198 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
199 if they are not needed. */
200 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
201 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
203 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
206 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
207 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
209 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
212 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
213 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
215 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
218 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
219 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
221 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
224 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
225 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
229 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
231 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
234 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
235 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
236 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
237 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
238 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
239 to decide how to initialize the process. */
240 if (!_bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC"))
245 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash", flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
247 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
249 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
252 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
254 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
255 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
257 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
259 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
260 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
261 variable count of 32-bit words. */
262 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
263 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
265 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
268 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
269 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
270 the .got and .plt sections. */
271 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
274 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
279 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
282 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
284 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
285 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
287 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
289 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
290 .rel[a].bss sections. */
291 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
294 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
295 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
296 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
297 to read in from the object file. */
298 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
300 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
301 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
302 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
304 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
306 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
309 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
311 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
313 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
314 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
315 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
320 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
321 (bed
->default_use_rela_p
322 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
323 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
325 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
328 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
331 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
333 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
334 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
335 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
336 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
337 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
338 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
339 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
341 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
));
345 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
346 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
347 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
348 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
349 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
350 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
351 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
352 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
353 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
354 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
358 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
359 (bed
->default_use_rela_p
360 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
361 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
363 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
371 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
372 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
373 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
374 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
375 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
376 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
380 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
381 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
383 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
385 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
390 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
391 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
392 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
393 this would not be necessary. */
394 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
398 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
399 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
402 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
410 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
411 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
413 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
416 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
417 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
422 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
424 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
425 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
427 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
428 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
429 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
430 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
431 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
434 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
439 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
441 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
447 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
448 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
451 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
452 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
457 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
458 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
460 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
463 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
464 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
468 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
469 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
470 may depend on this. */
471 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
472 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
474 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
475 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
476 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
479 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
482 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
483 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
484 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
485 force the correct value. */
489 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
491 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
492 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
493 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
494 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
498 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
502 if (provide
&& hidden
)
504 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
506 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
507 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
510 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
512 if (!info
->relocatable
514 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
515 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
521 || (info
->executable
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
))
524 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
527 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
528 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
529 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
530 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
531 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
533 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
541 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
542 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
543 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
546 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
551 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
552 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
553 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
554 unsigned long dynstr_index
;
556 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
557 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
559 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
562 /* See if the entry exists already. */
563 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
564 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
567 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
568 entry
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
572 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
573 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
574 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
576 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
580 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
581 && (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
582 || entry
->isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
))
586 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
587 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
589 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
590 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
591 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
596 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
597 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
598 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
600 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
603 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
604 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
609 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
610 if (dynstr_index
== (unsigned long) -1)
612 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
614 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
616 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
617 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
618 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
619 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
622 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
624 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
626 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
631 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
634 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
638 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
640 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
641 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
646 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
647 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
648 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
651 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
654 size_t *count
= data
;
656 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
657 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
662 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
663 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
669 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
670 STB_LOCAL binding. */
673 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
676 size_t *count
= data
;
678 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
679 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
681 if (!h
->forced_local
)
684 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
685 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
690 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
691 omitted when creating a shared library. */
693 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
694 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
697 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
701 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
702 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
704 if (strcmp (p
->name
, ".got") == 0
705 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".got.plt") == 0
706 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
709 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
712 && (ip
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
713 && (ip
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
714 && ip
->output_section
== p
)
719 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
720 against any other section. */
726 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
727 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
728 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
729 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
733 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
734 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
735 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
737 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
739 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
741 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
743 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
744 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
745 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
746 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
747 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
749 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
751 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
752 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
755 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
757 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
758 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
759 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
762 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
763 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
766 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which
767 we must account for in our count. Unless there weren't any
768 symbols, which means we'll have no table at all. */
769 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
772 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
776 /* This function is called when we want to define a new symbol. It
777 handles the various cases which arise when we find a definition in
778 a dynamic object, or when there is already a definition in a
779 dynamic object. The new symbol is described by NAME, SYM, PSEC,
780 and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table entry. We set
781 OVERRIDE if the old symbol is overriding a new definition. We set
782 TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the type to change. We set
783 SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size to change. By OK to
784 change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the type or size does
785 change. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT if an old common symbol in a dynamic
786 object is overridden by a regular object. */
789 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
790 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
792 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
795 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
796 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
798 bfd_boolean
*override
,
799 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
800 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
)
802 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
803 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
804 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
807 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
808 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
;
809 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
815 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
817 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
818 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
820 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
821 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
826 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
827 if we are doing an ELF link. */
828 if (info
->hash
->creator
!= abfd
->xvec
)
831 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. */
833 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
834 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
835 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
837 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
838 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
839 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
841 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
847 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
850 switch (h
->root
.type
)
857 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
858 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
859 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
863 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
864 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
865 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
866 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
869 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
870 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
871 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
875 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
876 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
877 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
878 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
879 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
880 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
882 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
886 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
887 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
889 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
893 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
894 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
896 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
897 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
898 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
901 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
902 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
904 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
906 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
907 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
908 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
910 /* When we try to create a default indirect symbol from the dynamic
911 definition with the default version, we skip it if its type and
912 the type of existing regular definition mismatch. We only do it
913 if the existing regular definition won't be dynamic. */
914 if (pold_alignment
== NULL
916 && !info
->export_dynamic
921 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
922 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
923 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
924 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
)
930 /* Check TLS symbol. We don't check undefined symbol introduced by
932 if ((ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
933 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
937 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
938 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
940 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
960 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
961 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
962 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
963 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
964 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
965 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
966 tbfd
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
968 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
969 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
970 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
972 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
973 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
974 tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
976 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
980 /* We need to remember if a symbol has a definition in a dynamic
981 object or is weak in all dynamic objects. Internal and hidden
982 visibility will make it unavailable to dynamic objects. */
983 if (newdyn
&& !h
->dynamic_def
)
985 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
989 /* Check if this symbol is weak in all dynamic objects. If it
990 is the first time we see it in a dynamic object, we mark
991 if it is weak. Otherwise, we clear it. */
994 if (bind
== STB_WEAK
)
997 else if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1002 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1003 definition from a dynamic object. */
1005 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1006 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1009 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1011 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1012 recorded as dynamic.
1014 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1015 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1016 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1021 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1024 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1025 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1026 object, we remove the old definition. */
1027 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1029 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1030 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1031 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1032 was referenced before. */
1035 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
1036 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1037 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*vh
= *sym_hash
;
1038 vh
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1039 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1040 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, vh
, h
);
1041 /* Protected symbols will override the dynamic definition
1042 with default version. */
1043 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1045 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) vh
;
1046 vh
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1047 vh
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1051 h
->root
.type
= vh
->root
.type
;
1052 vh
->ref_dynamic
= 0;
1053 /* We have to hide it here since it was made dynamic
1054 global with extra bits when the symbol info was
1055 copied from the old dynamic definition. */
1056 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, vh
, TRUE
);
1064 if ((h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1065 && bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1067 /* If the new symbol is undefined and the old symbol was
1068 also undefined before, we need to make sure
1069 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol doesn't mess
1070 up the linker hash table undefs list. Since the old
1071 definition came from a dynamic object, it is still on the
1073 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1074 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1078 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1079 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1088 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1094 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1095 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1096 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1097 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1099 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1100 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1101 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1102 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1103 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1104 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1105 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1107 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1108 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1110 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1112 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1115 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1116 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1117 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1122 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1123 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1125 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1126 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1129 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1130 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1132 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1133 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1134 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1135 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1136 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1137 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1138 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1139 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1140 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1141 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1142 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1145 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1146 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1148 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1149 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1150 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1151 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1152 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1158 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1159 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1161 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_FUNC
)
1162 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1164 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1168 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1170 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1171 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1173 && h
->type
!= STT_FUNC
)
1174 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1176 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1178 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1179 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1180 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1181 if (bed
->merge_symbol
1182 && !bed
->merge_symbol (info
, sym_hash
, h
, sym
, psec
, pvalue
,
1183 pold_alignment
, skip
, override
,
1184 type_change_ok
, size_change_ok
,
1185 &newdyn
, &newdef
, &newdyncommon
, &newweak
,
1187 &olddyn
, &olddef
, &olddyncommon
, &oldweak
,
1191 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1192 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1197 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1199 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1200 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1201 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1202 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1203 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1205 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1206 (info
, h
->root
.root
.string
, oldbfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
,
1207 h
->size
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1210 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1211 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1213 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1216 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1217 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1218 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1219 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1220 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1221 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1223 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1224 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1225 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1226 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1227 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1228 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1233 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1235 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))))
1239 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1241 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1242 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1244 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1245 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1246 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1247 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1248 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1250 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1251 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1254 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1255 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1256 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1257 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1261 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1265 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1266 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1267 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1268 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1271 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1272 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1275 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1276 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1277 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1278 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1279 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1281 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1282 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1283 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1288 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1290 || h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)))
1295 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1296 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1299 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1300 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1301 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1304 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1306 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1307 overriding a function. */
1309 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1310 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1312 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1315 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1316 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1317 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1318 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1321 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1322 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1323 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1324 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1325 in the shared library. */
1328 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1331 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1332 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1333 or the alignment. */
1334 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1335 (info
, h
->root
.root
.string
, oldbfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
,
1336 h
->size
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1339 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1340 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1342 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1345 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1346 in the dynamic object. */
1347 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1348 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1351 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1353 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1354 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1356 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1357 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1359 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1362 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1367 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1368 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1369 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1370 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1371 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1372 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1373 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1374 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1375 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1379 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1386 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1387 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1388 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, PSEC, VALUE, and OVERRIDE. We
1389 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1392 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1393 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1394 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1399 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
,
1400 bfd_boolean override
)
1402 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1403 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1406 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1407 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1408 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1409 bfd_boolean collect
;
1410 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1412 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1415 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1416 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1417 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1418 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1419 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1420 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1425 /* We are overridden by an old definition. We need to check if we
1426 need to create the indirect symbol from the default name. */
1427 hi
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
,
1429 BFD_ASSERT (hi
!= NULL
);
1432 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1433 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1435 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1441 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1442 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1443 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1445 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1446 shortname
= bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1447 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1449 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1450 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1452 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1453 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1454 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1455 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1456 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1457 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1459 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &sec
, value
,
1460 NULL
, &hi
, &skip
, &override
,
1461 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1470 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1471 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
, bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1472 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1474 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1478 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1479 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1480 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1481 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1482 name, and it is the default version.
1484 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1485 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1486 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1488 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1489 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1490 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1491 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1492 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1493 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1494 definition in the regular object. */
1496 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1497 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1498 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1500 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1501 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1505 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1509 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1514 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1515 other fields correctly. */
1519 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1520 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1521 the user in that case. */
1523 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1525 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1527 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1528 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
1530 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1542 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1548 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1552 len
= strlen (name
);
1553 shortname
= bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1554 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1556 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1557 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1559 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1560 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1561 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1563 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &sec
, value
,
1564 NULL
, &hi
, &skip
, &override
,
1565 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1573 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
1574 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
1575 overridden by a versioned definition. */
1576 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1577 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1578 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1579 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
1585 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1586 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1587 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1589 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1591 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1592 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
1593 to the user in that case. */
1595 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1597 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
1599 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
1611 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1621 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
1622 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1625 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1627 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= data
;
1629 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
1630 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1633 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1634 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1636 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
1640 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1641 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1643 for (t
= eif
->verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1645 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
1647 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1652 if (t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
1654 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1663 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
1674 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
1675 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
1676 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
1677 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1680 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1683 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= data
;
1684 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1685 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1688 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1689 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1691 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
1696 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
1699 /* See if we already know about this version. */
1700 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->output_bfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1702 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
1705 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1706 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
1712 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
1717 t
= bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1720 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1724 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
1725 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1726 elf_tdata (rinfo
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
1730 a
= bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1732 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
1733 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
1734 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
1736 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
1738 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
1739 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
1741 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
1744 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
1751 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
1752 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
1753 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
1754 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1757 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1759 struct elf_assign_sym_version_info
*sinfo
;
1760 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1761 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1762 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
1769 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1770 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1772 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
1775 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
1778 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1782 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
1784 if (!h
->def_regular
)
1787 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sinfo
->output_bfd
);
1788 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1789 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
1791 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1796 /* There are two consecutive ELF_VER_CHR characters if this is
1797 not a hidden symbol. */
1799 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
1805 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
1813 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
1814 for (t
= sinfo
->verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1816 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
1820 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1822 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
1823 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
);
1826 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
1827 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
1828 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
1829 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
1831 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
1835 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
1836 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
1838 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
1840 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
1842 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
1845 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
1846 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1854 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
1855 version node for this version. */
1856 if (t
== NULL
&& info
->executable
)
1858 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
1861 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
1862 to worry about it. */
1863 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
1867 t
= bfd_zalloc (sinfo
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1870 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1875 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
1879 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
1880 if (sinfo
->verdefs
!= NULL
&& sinfo
->verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
1882 for (pp
= &sinfo
->verdefs
; *pp
!= NULL
; pp
= &(*pp
)->next
)
1884 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
1888 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
1892 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
1893 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
1894 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1895 (_("%B: undefined versioned symbol name %s"),
1896 sinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1897 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1898 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1906 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
1908 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->verdefs
!= NULL
)
1910 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1911 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*local_ver
;
1912 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1914 /* See if can find what version this symbol is in. If the
1915 symbol is supposed to be local, then don't actually register
1918 for (t
= sinfo
->verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1920 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
1922 bfd_boolean matched
;
1926 while ((d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, d
,
1927 h
->root
.root
.string
)) != NULL
)
1932 /* There is a version without definition. Make
1933 the symbol the default definition for this
1935 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
1943 /* There is no undefined version for this symbol. Hide the
1945 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1948 if (t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
1951 while ((d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, d
,
1952 h
->root
.root
.string
)) != NULL
)
1955 /* If the match is "*", keep looking for a more
1956 explicit, perhaps even global, match.
1957 XXX: Shouldn't this be !d->wildcard instead? */
1958 if (d
->pattern
[0] != '*' || d
->pattern
[1] != '\0')
1967 if (local_ver
!= NULL
)
1969 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= local_ver
;
1970 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
1971 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
1973 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1981 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
1982 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
1983 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
1984 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
1985 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
1986 relocations should be stored.
1988 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
1991 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
1993 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1994 void *external_relocs
,
1995 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
1997 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1998 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
1999 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2000 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2001 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2002 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2005 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2006 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2009 /* Read the relocations. */
2010 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2013 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2014 nsyms
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2016 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2018 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2019 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2020 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2021 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2022 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2025 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2029 erela
= external_relocs
;
2030 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2031 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2032 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2036 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2037 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2038 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2040 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2042 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2043 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (0x%lx >= 0x%lx)"
2044 " for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
2046 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2047 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2050 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2051 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2057 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2058 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2059 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2060 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2061 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2062 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2063 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2064 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2065 REL_HDR2 relocations. */
2068 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2070 void *external_relocs
,
2071 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2072 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2074 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2075 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2076 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2077 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2079 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
2080 return elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
;
2082 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2085 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
;
2087 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2091 size
= o
->reloc_count
;
2092 size
*= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2094 internal_relocs
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2096 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2097 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2101 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2103 bfd_size_type size
= rel_hdr
->sh_size
;
2105 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
)
2106 size
+= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
->sh_size
;
2107 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2110 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2113 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, rel_hdr
,
2117 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
2118 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section
2120 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
,
2121 ((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
) + rel_hdr
->sh_size
,
2122 internal_relocs
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
)
2123 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))))
2126 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2128 elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2133 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2134 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2136 return internal_relocs
;
2146 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2147 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2150 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2151 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2154 bfd_size_type reloc_count
;
2155 bfd_size_type num_rel_hashes
;
2157 /* Figure out how many relocations there will be. */
2158 if (rel_hdr
== &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
)
2159 reloc_count
= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
;
2161 reloc_count
= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count2
;
2163 num_rel_hashes
= o
->reloc_count
;
2164 if (num_rel_hashes
< reloc_count
)
2165 num_rel_hashes
= reloc_count
;
2167 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2168 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reloc_count
;
2170 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2171 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2172 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2173 we zero the allocated space. */
2174 rel_hdr
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2175 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2178 /* We only allocate one set of hash entries, so we only do it the
2179 first time we are called. */
2180 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
== NULL
2183 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2185 p
= bfd_zmalloc (num_rel_hashes
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
2189 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
= p
;
2195 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2196 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2200 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2201 asection
*input_section
,
2202 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2203 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2204 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2207 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2208 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2210 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*output_rel_hdr
;
2211 asection
*output_section
;
2212 unsigned int *rel_countp
= NULL
;
2213 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2214 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2216 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2217 output_rel_hdr
= NULL
;
2219 if (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr
.sh_entsize
2220 == input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2222 output_rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr
;
2223 rel_countp
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
;
2225 else if (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr2
2226 && (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr2
->sh_entsize
2227 == input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
))
2229 output_rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
2230 rel_countp
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count2
;
2234 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2235 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2236 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2237 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_object_format
);
2241 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2242 if (input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2243 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2244 else if (input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2245 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2249 erel
= output_rel_hdr
->contents
;
2250 erel
+= *rel_countp
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2251 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2252 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2253 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2254 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2256 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2257 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2258 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2261 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2263 *rel_countp
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2268 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2271 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2272 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2276 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2277 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2282 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2283 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2284 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2285 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2286 the face of future changes. */
2289 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2290 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2292 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= NULL
;
2294 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2295 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2296 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2297 an ELF dynamic object. */
2300 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2301 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2303 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2304 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2307 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2311 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2312 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2313 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2316 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2322 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2326 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2335 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2336 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2337 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2338 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2339 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2340 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2341 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2342 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2344 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2345 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2346 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2347 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2348 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2352 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2353 if (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
)
2355 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2356 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2357 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2361 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2362 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2363 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2364 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2365 flag will not have been set. */
2366 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2370 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2373 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2374 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2375 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2376 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2377 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2378 will force it local. */
2380 && eif
->info
->shared
2381 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2382 && (eif
->info
->symbolic
2383 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2386 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2388 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2389 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2390 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2393 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2394 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2395 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2396 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2398 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2399 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2400 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2403 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2404 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2405 over to the real definition. */
2406 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2408 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
;
2410 weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2411 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2412 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2414 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2415 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2416 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2417 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2418 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2420 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2421 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2422 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2423 if (weakdef
->def_regular
)
2424 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2426 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, weakdef
,
2433 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2434 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2438 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2440 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= data
;
2442 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2444 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2447 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2449 h
->got
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_got_offset
;
2450 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2452 /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
2453 entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
2454 symbol in a hash traversal. So look at it now. */
2455 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2458 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2459 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2462 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2463 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2466 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2467 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2468 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2469 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2470 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2471 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2472 referenced by another one? */
2477 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2479 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2483 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2484 can happen via a recursive call. */
2485 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2488 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2489 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2490 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2491 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2492 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2494 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2495 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2496 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2497 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2499 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2500 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2501 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2502 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2503 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2504 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2505 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2508 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2509 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2510 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2511 extern int timezone;
2513 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2514 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2515 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2516 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2517 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2518 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2519 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2520 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2522 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2524 /* If we get to this point, we know there is an implicit
2525 reference by a regular object file via the weak symbol H.
2526 FIXME: Is this really true? What if the traversal finds
2527 H->U.WEAKDEF before it finds H? */
2528 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2530 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2534 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2535 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2536 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2537 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2538 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2540 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2542 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2543 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2544 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2546 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2547 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2548 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2557 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2558 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2561 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2565 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2566 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2568 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2569 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2570 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2571 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2573 bfd
*output_bfd
= data
;
2575 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2576 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2577 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
2578 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
2579 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2585 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2586 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
2587 considered to bind dynamically. */
2590 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2591 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2592 bfd_boolean ignore_protected
)
2594 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
2599 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2600 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2601 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2603 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
2604 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2606 if (h
->forced_local
)
2609 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
2610 visible symbol resolves locally. */
2611 binding_stays_local_p
= info
->executable
|| info
->symbolic
;
2613 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2620 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
2621 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
2622 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
2623 if (!ignore_protected
|| h
->type
!= STT_FUNC
)
2624 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
2631 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
2632 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2635 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
2636 us that it remains local. */
2637 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
2640 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2641 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
2642 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
2643 undefined symbols and weak symbols. */
2646 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2647 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2648 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
2650 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
2654 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
2655 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
2656 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2658 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
2659 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
2660 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
2663 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
2664 if (h
->forced_local
)
2667 /* As do non-dynamic symbols. */
2668 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2671 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
2672 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
2673 shared libraries. */
2674 if (info
->executable
|| info
->symbolic
)
2677 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
2678 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
2679 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
2682 /* However, STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
2683 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
2686 /* STV_PROTECTED non-function symbols are local. */
2687 if (h
->type
!= STT_FUNC
)
2690 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
2691 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols, even when we know that the
2692 dynamic linker will resolve them locally. */
2693 return local_protected
;
2696 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
2697 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
2699 struct bfd_section
*
2700 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2702 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
2703 unsigned int align
= 0;
2705 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2706 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2710 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
2711 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
2712 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
2714 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
2716 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
2717 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
2719 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
2724 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
2726 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2727 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
2729 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2731 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
2732 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
2733 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
2736 /* Function symbols do not count. */
2737 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
)
2740 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
2741 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
2744 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
2745 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
2746 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2747 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
2750 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
2751 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
2752 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
2753 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
2755 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
2757 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
2758 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
2759 in the same way that it used to do. */
2765 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
2766 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
2767 the symbol is defined in this element. */
2769 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
2771 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
2772 bfd_size_type symcount
;
2773 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
2774 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
2775 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
2776 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
2777 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
2780 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
2784 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
2787 /* If we have already included the element containing this symbol in the
2788 link then we do not need to include it again. Just claim that any symbol
2789 it contains is not a definition, so that our caller will not decide to
2790 (re)include this element. */
2791 if (abfd
->archive_pass
)
2794 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. */
2795 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2796 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2798 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2800 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2802 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
2803 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
2804 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
2806 extsymcount
= symcount
;
2811 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
2812 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
2815 if (extsymcount
== 0)
2818 /* Read in the symbol table. */
2819 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
2821 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
2824 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
2826 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
2830 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
2835 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
2837 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
2847 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
2850 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2854 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2855 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2857 bfd_size_type newsize
;
2858 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
2859 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2861 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2862 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2865 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2866 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
2867 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
2869 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2870 newcontents
= bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
2871 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
2875 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
2876 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
2879 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
2884 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
2885 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
2886 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
2889 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
2890 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2894 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2895 bfd_size_type oldsize
;
2896 bfd_size_type strindex
;
2898 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
2901 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2902 oldsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (hash_table
->dynstr
);
2903 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
2904 if (strindex
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
2907 if (oldsize
== _bfd_elf_strtab_size (hash_table
->dynstr
))
2910 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2913 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2914 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
2916 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
2917 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
2918 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
2920 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2922 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2923 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
2924 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
2926 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
2934 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
2937 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
2941 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
2942 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
2947 /* Sort symbol by value and section. */
2949 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2951 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
2952 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
2953 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
2955 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
2956 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
2957 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
2959 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
2962 long sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
2964 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
2969 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
2970 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2973 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2975 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= data
;
2977 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2978 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2980 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
2981 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
2985 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
2989 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2991 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2992 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
2993 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
2994 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
2997 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3000 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3001 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3003 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3004 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3005 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3007 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3008 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3009 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3010 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3012 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3014 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3018 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3026 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3031 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3034 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3035 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3036 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3037 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3039 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3040 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3042 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3043 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3048 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3049 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3051 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3055 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3057 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3058 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3060 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3062 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3063 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3064 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3066 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3067 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3068 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3071 while (def
.vd_next
);
3074 /* Adjust version references. */
3075 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3080 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3081 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3083 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3087 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3089 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3090 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3091 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3092 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3093 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3095 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3096 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3097 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3099 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3101 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3102 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3105 while (need
.vn_next
);
3111 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3114 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3116 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3117 bfd_size_type symcount
;
3118 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
3119 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
3120 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3121 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3122 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3123 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3124 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3125 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3126 bfd_size_type nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3127 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3128 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3129 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3130 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3131 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3132 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3134 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3135 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3136 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3137 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3138 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3141 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3142 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3143 long old_dynsymcount
= 0;
3145 size_t hashsize
= 0;
3147 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3148 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3150 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3156 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3157 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3158 the format of the output file. */
3159 if (info
->relocatable
3160 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3161 || htab
->root
.creator
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3163 if (info
->relocatable
)
3164 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3166 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3171 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3172 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3173 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3174 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3175 if (info
->executable
)
3179 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3183 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3184 if (strncmp (name
, ".gnu.warning.", sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1) == 0)
3189 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3191 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3192 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3193 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3194 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3195 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3196 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3197 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3198 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3202 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3204 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3206 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3208 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3209 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3211 /* We don't want to issue this warning. Clobber
3212 the section size so that the warning does not
3213 get copied into the output file. */
3220 msg
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3224 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3229 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3230 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3231 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3234 if (! info
->relocatable
)
3236 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3237 not get copied into the output file. */
3240 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3241 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3242 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3251 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3252 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3253 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3254 format. FIXME: If there are no input BFD's of the same
3255 format as the output, we can't make a shared library. */
3257 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3258 && htab
->root
.creator
== abfd
->xvec
3259 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3261 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3265 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3270 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3271 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3274 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3275 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3276 if ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3277 && s
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
3280 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3281 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3282 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3283 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3284 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3285 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3287 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3288 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3289 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3291 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3297 unsigned long shlink
;
3299 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3300 goto error_free_dyn
;
3302 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3304 goto error_free_dyn
;
3305 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3307 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3308 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3309 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3311 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3313 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3314 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3316 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3317 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3319 goto error_free_dyn
;
3321 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3323 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3325 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3327 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3328 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3329 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3330 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3331 goto error_free_dyn
;
3332 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3333 anm
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3335 goto error_free_dyn
;
3336 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3340 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3344 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3346 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3348 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3350 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3351 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3352 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3353 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3354 goto error_free_dyn
;
3355 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3356 anm
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3358 goto error_free_dyn
;
3359 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3363 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3369 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3370 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3372 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3374 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3376 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3377 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3378 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3379 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3380 goto error_free_dyn
;
3381 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3382 anm
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3389 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3404 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
3405 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
3411 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
3412 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3417 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
3418 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
3419 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
3420 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
3421 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
3422 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
3424 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
3426 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
3427 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
3428 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
3429 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
3431 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3433 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
3434 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3435 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
3438 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
3439 will need to know it. */
3440 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
3442 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
3446 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
3447 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
3448 particular dynamic object more than once. */
3453 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
3454 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
3455 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
3456 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
3458 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3459 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3461 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3463 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3465 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3466 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
3468 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3470 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3475 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3476 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3480 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
3482 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3484 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3487 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each external
3489 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3490 sym_hash
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3491 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3492 goto error_free_sym
;
3493 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
3498 /* Read in any version definitions. */
3499 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
3500 info
->default_imported_symver
))
3501 goto error_free_sym
;
3503 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
3504 to internal format. */
3505 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
3507 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
3509 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
3510 extversym
= bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
3511 if (extversym
== NULL
)
3512 goto error_free_sym
;
3513 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
3514 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3515 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
3516 goto error_free_vers
;
3520 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
3521 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
3522 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
3523 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
3528 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3530 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3531 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3533 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3535 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3536 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3537 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3538 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3542 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
3543 hashsize
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3544 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
+ hashsize
);
3545 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
3546 goto error_free_vers
;
3548 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
3549 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
3550 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
3551 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
3552 goto error_free_vers
;
3554 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
3555 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
3556 if (!(*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, abfd
, NULL
,
3561 /* Clone the symbol table and sym hashes. Remember some
3562 pointers into the symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
3563 old_hash
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
3564 old_ent
= (char *) old_hash
+ hashsize
;
3565 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
3566 memcpy (old_hash
, sym_hash
, hashsize
);
3567 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
3568 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
3569 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
3570 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
3571 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
3572 old_dynsymcount
= htab
->dynsymcount
;
3574 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3576 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3577 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3579 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3581 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3582 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3583 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3584 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3586 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3587 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3594 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
3595 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
3597 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
3601 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
3604 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3605 bfd_boolean definition
;
3606 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
3607 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
3608 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
3609 bfd_boolean override
;
3611 unsigned int old_alignment
;
3616 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
3618 value
= isym
->st_value
;
3620 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
3622 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
3623 if (bind
== STB_LOCAL
)
3625 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
3626 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
3627 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
3631 else if (bind
== STB_GLOBAL
)
3633 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
3636 else if (bind
== STB_WEAK
)
3640 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
3643 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3644 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3645 else if (isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
3646 || isym
->st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
3648 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3650 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3651 else if (sec
->kept_section
)
3653 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined, and have
3654 default visibility. */
3655 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3656 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
3657 isym
->st_other
= (STV_DEFAULT
3658 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
3660 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
3663 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
3664 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3665 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
3667 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
3668 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
3669 calls the value we call the alignment. */
3670 value
= isym
->st_size
;
3674 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
3677 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3680 goto error_free_vers
;
3682 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3683 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
3684 && !info
->relocatable
)
3686 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
3690 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon",
3693 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3694 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
));
3696 goto error_free_vers
;
3700 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
3702 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
3704 goto error_free_vers
;
3706 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
3707 should be skipped for some reason. */
3712 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
3715 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3716 goto error_free_vers
;
3719 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
3720 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
3725 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
3726 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
3731 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3733 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
3734 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
3739 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
3740 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
3741 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3746 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
3748 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
3750 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
3751 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
3752 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
3753 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
3754 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
3755 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
3756 || (vernum
> 1 && (! bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
3757 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
)))
3760 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
3763 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
3765 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
3767 else if (vernum
> 1)
3769 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
3775 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3776 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
3778 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3779 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3780 goto error_free_vers
;
3785 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
3786 entries in the VERNEED section since the
3787 numbers for the needed versions do not start
3789 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
3792 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
3796 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
3798 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
3800 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
3802 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
3811 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3812 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
3813 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
3814 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3815 goto error_free_vers
;
3819 namelen
= strlen (name
);
3820 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
3821 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
3822 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
3823 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
3826 newname
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
3827 if (newname
== NULL
)
3828 goto error_free_vers
;
3829 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
3830 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
3832 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
3833 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
3834 default version of the symbol. */
3835 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
3836 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
3838 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
3843 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
,
3844 &value
, &old_alignment
,
3845 sym_hash
, &skip
, &override
,
3846 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
3847 goto error_free_vers
;
3856 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3857 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3858 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3860 /* Remember the old alignment if this is a common symbol, so
3861 that we don't reduce the alignment later on. We can't
3862 check later, because _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3863 will set a default for the alignment which we want to
3864 override. We also remember the old bfd where the existing
3865 definition comes from. */
3866 switch (h
->root
.type
)
3871 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
3872 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
3873 old_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
3876 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
3877 old_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
3878 old_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
3882 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
3886 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
3889 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3890 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
3891 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
3892 goto error_free_vers
;
3895 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3896 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3897 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3900 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
3903 && (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0
3904 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_FUNC
3905 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3906 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
3908 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
3909 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
3910 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
3911 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
3912 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
3913 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
3914 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
3915 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
3916 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
3917 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
3918 definition anyhow. */
3920 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
3925 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
3926 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
3927 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
3932 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
3935 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
3936 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
3937 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
3939 if (align
> old_alignment
3940 /* Permit an alignment power of zero if an alignment of one
3941 is specified and no other alignments have been specified. */
3942 || (isym
->st_value
== 1 && old_alignment
== 0))
3943 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
3945 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
3948 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3952 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
3953 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
3954 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
3955 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
3956 alignment is maintained. */
3957 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
3958 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
3960 unsigned int common_align
;
3961 unsigned int normal_align
;
3962 unsigned int symbol_align
;
3966 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
3967 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
3968 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3970 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
3971 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
3972 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
3975 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
3979 common_align
= old_alignment
;
3980 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
3985 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
3987 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
3990 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
3992 /* PR binutils/2735 */
3993 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
3994 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3995 (_("Warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %B"
3996 " is greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %A"),
3997 common_bfd
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
3998 1 << common_align
, name
, 1 << normal_align
);
4000 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4001 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
4002 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
4003 normal_bfd
, common_bfd
,
4004 1 << normal_align
, name
, 1 << common_align
);
4008 /* Remember the symbol size and type. */
4009 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4010 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4012 if (h
->size
!= 0 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
&& ! size_change_ok
)
4013 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4014 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4015 " from %lu in %B to %lu in %B"),
4017 name
, (unsigned long) h
->size
,
4018 (unsigned long) isym
->st_size
);
4020 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4023 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4024 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4025 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4026 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4027 covered by --warn-common. */
4028 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4029 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4031 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4032 && (definition
|| h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4034 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
4035 && h
->type
!= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)
4036 && ! type_change_ok
)
4037 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4038 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4039 " from %d to %d in %B"),
4040 abfd
, name
, h
->type
, ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
));
4042 h
->type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4045 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
4046 code might be needed here. We never merge the visibility
4047 attribute with the one from a dynamic object. */
4048 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
4049 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
4052 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has requested
4053 we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4054 if (definition
&& !dynamic
4056 || (abfd
->my_archive
&& abfd
->my_archive
->no_export
))
4057 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4058 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4059 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4061 if (isym
->st_other
!= 0 && !dynamic
)
4063 unsigned char hvis
, symvis
, other
, nvis
;
4065 /* Take the balance of OTHER from the definition. */
4066 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
4067 other
&= ~ ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
4069 /* Combine visibilities, using the most constraining one. */
4070 hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
4071 symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
4077 nvis
= hvis
< symvis
? hvis
: symvis
;
4079 h
->other
= other
| nvis
;
4082 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4083 reference or definition we just found. Keep a count of
4084 the number of dynamic symbols we find. A dynamic symbol
4085 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4086 object and a shared object. */
4093 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4094 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4098 if (! info
->executable
4111 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4113 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1))
4117 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4118 the default name. */
4119 if (definition
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4120 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4121 &sec
, &value
, &dynsym
,
4123 goto error_free_vers
;
4125 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4127 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4128 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4130 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4131 aliases can be checked. */
4134 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4135 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4136 nondeflt_vers
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
4138 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4142 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4144 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4145 goto error_free_vers
;
4146 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4148 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
4150 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
4151 goto error_free_vers
;
4154 else if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4155 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4156 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4158 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4162 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4173 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4175 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4176 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4177 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4178 --no-add-needed is used. */
4179 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4181 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4182 (_("%s: invalid DSO for symbol `%s' definition"),
4184 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4185 goto error_free_vers
;
4188 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) &= ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
;
4191 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4193 goto error_free_vers
;
4195 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4200 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4206 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4212 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4216 /* Restore the symbol table. */
4217 old_hash
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4218 old_ent
= (char *) old_hash
+ hashsize
;
4219 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4220 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
4221 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
4222 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
4223 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
4224 memcpy (sym_hash
, old_hash
, hashsize
);
4225 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
4226 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
4227 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4229 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4230 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4232 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4234 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4235 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4236 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4237 if (h
->dynindx
>= old_dynsymcount
)
4238 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
4240 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4241 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4242 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4243 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4245 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4246 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4251 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4252 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
4253 if (!(*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, abfd
, NULL
,
4258 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
4260 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4261 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4265 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4267 if (!(*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, abfd
, NULL
,
4274 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, handle
4275 .symver foo, foo@BAR such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
4276 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4278 bfd_size_type cnt
, symidx
;
4280 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
4282 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
4283 char *shortname
, *p
;
4285 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4287 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
4288 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4291 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
4292 shortname
= bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
4293 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
4294 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
4296 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4297 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
4298 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4300 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
4301 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
4302 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
4304 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
4305 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4306 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4307 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
4308 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4310 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
4311 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
4313 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
4319 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4320 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
4323 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
4324 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
4325 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
4326 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
4327 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
4328 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
4329 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
4330 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
4331 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
4332 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
4333 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
4334 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
4338 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
4339 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
4340 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
4341 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4344 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
4345 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
4346 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
4347 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4348 sorted_sym_hash
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
4349 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
4351 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
4352 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4353 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
4355 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
4359 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4360 && h
->type
!= STT_FUNC
)
4368 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
4369 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
4372 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
4374 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
4381 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
4382 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
4384 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4385 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
4386 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
4387 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
4388 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4389 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4396 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
4398 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4399 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4406 long sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
4419 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
4423 for (i
= ilook
; i
< sym_count
; i
++)
4425 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[i
];
4427 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
4428 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
4429 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
)
4431 else if (h
!= hlook
)
4433 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
4435 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
4436 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
4438 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
4440 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4444 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
4445 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
4446 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
4447 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
4448 real definition and the weak definition. */
4449 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
4451 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
4459 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4462 if (bed
->check_directives
)
4463 (*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
);
4465 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
4466 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
4469 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
4470 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
4471 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
4472 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
4473 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
4474 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
4475 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
4476 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
4477 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
4478 This would be a good case for using mmap.
4480 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
4481 different format. It probably can't be done. */
4483 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4484 && htab
->root
.creator
== abfd
->xvec
4485 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
)
4489 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4491 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
4494 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
4495 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
4496 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
4497 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
4498 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
4501 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
4503 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
4506 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
4508 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
4509 free (internal_relocs
);
4516 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
4517 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
4519 && ! info
->traditional_format
4520 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4521 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
4525 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
4526 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
4528 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
4531 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
4532 if (strncmp (".stab", stab
->name
, 5) == 0
4533 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
4534 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
4535 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
4536 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
4538 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
4540 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
4541 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
4542 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
4545 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
4546 stab
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
4551 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
4553 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
4554 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
4556 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_link_loaded_list
));
4560 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
4567 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4569 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4570 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4571 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4574 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4580 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
4581 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
4583 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4584 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4585 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4588 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4592 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4596 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
4597 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
4598 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
4599 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
4601 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4602 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4605 /* First check with only one `@'. */
4606 len
= strlen (name
);
4607 copy
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
4609 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
4611 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
4612 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
4613 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
4615 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4618 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
4620 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
4621 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
4622 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4625 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
4629 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
4630 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because of a
4631 problem which arises on UnixWare. The UnixWare libc.so is an
4632 archive which includes an entry libc.so.1 which defines a bunch of
4633 symbols. The libc.so archive also includes a number of other
4634 object files, which also define symbols, some of which are the same
4635 as those defined in libc.so.1. Correct linking requires that we
4636 consider each object file in turn, and include it if it defines any
4637 symbols we need. _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols does not do
4638 this; it looks through the list of undefined symbols, and includes
4639 any object file which defines them. When this algorithm is used on
4640 UnixWare, it winds up pulling in libc.so.1 early and defining a
4641 bunch of symbols. This means that some of the other objects in the
4642 archive are not included in the link, which is incorrect since they
4643 precede libc.so.1 in the archive.
4645 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
4646 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
4647 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
4648 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
4651 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
4652 table until nothing further is resolved. */
4655 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4658 bfd_boolean
*defined
= NULL
;
4659 bfd_boolean
*included
= NULL
;
4663 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4664 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
4665 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
4667 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
4669 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
4670 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
4672 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
4676 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
4677 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
4678 second and subsequent passes. */
4679 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
4683 amt
*= sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
4684 defined
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
4685 included
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
4686 if (defined
== NULL
|| included
== NULL
)
4689 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
4690 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4691 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
4704 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
4705 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
4707 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4709 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
4712 if (defined
[i
] || included
[i
])
4714 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
4720 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
4721 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
4727 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4729 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
4730 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
4731 only want to include it however, if this archive element
4732 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
4735 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
4736 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
4737 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
4738 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
4739 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
4741 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
4744 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
4746 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4751 /* We need to include this archive member. */
4752 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
4753 if (element
== NULL
)
4756 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
4759 /* Doublecheck that we have not included this object
4760 already--it should be impossible, but there may be
4761 something wrong with the archive. */
4762 if (element
->archive_pass
!= 0)
4764 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4767 element
->archive_pass
= 1;
4769 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
4771 if (! (*info
->callbacks
->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
,
4774 if (! bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
4777 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
4778 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
4779 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
4780 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
4781 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
4782 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
4783 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
4784 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
4787 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
4788 which we have already seen in this pass. */
4792 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
4797 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
4799 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
4800 on through the loop. */
4801 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
4812 if (defined
!= NULL
)
4814 if (included
!= NULL
)
4819 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
4823 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4825 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
4828 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
4830 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
4832 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
4837 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
4838 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
4841 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4843 unsigned long **valuep
= data
;
4849 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4850 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4852 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
4853 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
4856 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
4857 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4860 alc
= bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
4861 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
4862 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
4866 /* Compute the hash value. */
4867 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
4869 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
4872 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
4874 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
4882 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
4885 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4886 unsigned long int nsyms
;
4887 unsigned long int maskbits
;
4888 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
4889 unsigned long int *hashval
;
4890 unsigned long int *indx
;
4891 unsigned long int *counts
;
4894 long int min_dynindx
;
4895 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
4896 unsigned long int symindx
;
4897 long int local_indx
;
4898 long int shift1
, shift2
;
4899 unsigned long int mask
;
4902 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
4903 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
4906 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4908 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= data
;
4914 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4915 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4917 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
4918 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
4921 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
4922 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
4925 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
4926 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4929 alc
= bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
4930 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
4931 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
4935 /* Compute the hash value. */
4936 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
4938 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
4939 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
4940 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
4941 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
4943 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
4944 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
4952 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
4953 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
4956 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4958 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= data
;
4959 unsigned long int bucket
;
4960 unsigned long int val
;
4962 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4963 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4965 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
4966 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
4969 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
4970 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
4972 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
4973 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
4977 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
4978 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
4979 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
4980 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
4982 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
4983 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
4984 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
4985 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
4987 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
4988 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
4989 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
4990 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
4994 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
4997 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4999 return !(h
->forced_local
5000 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5001 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5002 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5003 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5004 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5007 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5008 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5009 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5010 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5011 than 32771 buckets. */
5013 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5015 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5019 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5020 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5021 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5022 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5023 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5024 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5025 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5026 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5028 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long int *hashcodes
,
5029 unsigned long int nsyms
, int gnu_hash
)
5031 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5032 size_t best_size
= 0;
5033 unsigned long int i
;
5036 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5037 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5038 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5039 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5044 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5045 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5046 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5047 unsigned long int *counts
;
5049 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5050 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5052 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5055 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5060 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5064 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5065 since the size could be large. */
5067 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5068 counts
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
5072 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5073 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5075 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5077 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5078 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5079 unsigned long int j
;
5080 unsigned long int fact
;
5082 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5085 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5087 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5088 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5089 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5091 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5092 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5093 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5094 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5095 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5096 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5097 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5100 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5102 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
5105 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
5106 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
5107 over a few long chains). */
5108 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5109 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
5111 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
5112 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5115 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
5116 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
5117 empty slots (the +1 term). */
5118 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5119 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
5121 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
5122 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
5123 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5127 /* Compare with current best results. */
5128 if (max
< best_chlen
)
5138 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
5140 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
5141 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
5142 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
5143 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
5145 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
5146 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
5149 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
5156 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
5157 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
5158 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
5159 addresses of the various sections. */
5162 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5165 const char *filter_shlib
,
5166 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
5167 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5168 asection
**sinterpptr
,
5169 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
)
5171 bfd_size_type soname_indx
;
5173 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5174 struct elf_assign_sym_version_info asvinfo
;
5178 soname_indx
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
5180 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5183 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->relro
= info
->relro
;
5184 if (info
->execstack
)
5185 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
5186 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
5187 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
;
5191 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
5194 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
5196 inputobj
= inputobj
->link_next
)
5200 if (inputobj
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
5202 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
5205 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
5214 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
5215 if (exec
&& info
->relocatable
5216 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5217 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
5221 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
5222 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
5223 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
5224 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
5225 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
5226 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
5228 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
5229 we're dynamic or not. */
5230 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
5231 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
5232 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5235 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5237 /* If there were no dynamic objects in the link, there is nothing to
5242 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
5245 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5247 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
5248 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5250 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5251 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
5253 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
5255 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
5256 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !info
->executable
);
5260 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5262 if (soname_indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5263 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
5269 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
5271 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
5278 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
5280 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5281 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_RPATH
, indx
))
5284 if (info
->new_dtags
)
5286 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, indx
);
5287 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_RUNPATH
, indx
))
5292 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
5296 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5297 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
5298 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5299 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
5303 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
5305 const char * const *p
;
5307 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
5311 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5313 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5314 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
5320 eif
.verdefs
= verdefs
;
5323 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
5324 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
5325 if (info
->export_dynamic
)
5327 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5328 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
5334 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
5335 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5336 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5337 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->symbol
)
5339 const char *verstr
, *name
;
5340 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
5342 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
5345 namelen
= strlen (name
);
5347 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
5348 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
5350 newname
= bfd_malloc (newlen
);
5351 if (newname
== NULL
)
5353 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
5355 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
5356 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
5358 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5359 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5360 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5363 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5364 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5366 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
5368 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5369 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5370 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5375 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
5376 not defined in a shared object. */
5378 && !newh
->def_dynamic
5379 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5380 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5384 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
5385 asvinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
5386 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
5387 asvinfo
.verdefs
= verdefs
;
5388 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
5390 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5391 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
5396 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
5398 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
5400 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5401 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5402 if (!d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
5404 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5405 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
5406 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
5407 all_defined
= FALSE
;
5412 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5417 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
5418 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
5419 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5420 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
5425 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
5426 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
5427 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
5429 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
5430 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
5431 h
= (info
->init_function
5432 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5433 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
5440 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
5443 h
= (info
->fini_function
5444 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5445 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
5452 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
5456 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
5457 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5459 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
5460 if (! info
->executable
)
5465 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
;
5466 sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5467 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5468 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
5469 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
5471 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5472 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
5477 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5481 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5482 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5485 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
5486 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5488 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5489 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5492 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
5493 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5495 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
5496 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5500 dynstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
5501 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
5502 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
5503 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
5504 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
5505 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5507 bfd_size_type strsize
;
5509 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
5510 if ((info
->emit_hash
5511 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
5512 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
5513 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
5514 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
5515 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
5516 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
5517 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
5518 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
5523 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
5525 if (bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
5526 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5529 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5531 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
5534 /* Set up the version definition section. */
5535 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
5536 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5538 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
5539 just linking a regular application. */
5540 verdefs
= asvinfo
.verdefs
;
5542 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
5543 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
5544 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
5546 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
5547 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5552 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5554 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
5555 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
5556 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5557 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5563 /* Make space for the base version. */
5564 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5565 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5568 /* Make space for the default version. */
5569 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5571 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5575 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5577 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
5579 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5580 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5583 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5584 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5588 s
->contents
= bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5589 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5592 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
5596 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
5597 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
5600 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5602 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5603 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5607 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5608 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
5609 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
5612 if (soname_indx
!= (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5614 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5616 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
5617 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
5624 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
5625 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5626 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5628 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5630 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
5632 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
5634 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
5635 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
5636 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5637 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5639 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
5641 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5642 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5644 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5646 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5649 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5650 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
5652 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5655 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
5656 aux block, but different flags. */
5659 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5661 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
5662 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
5665 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
5666 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
5667 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5669 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
5670 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
5671 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5673 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5676 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
5679 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5682 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
5684 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5685 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5687 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5689 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5692 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5693 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
5695 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5698 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
5700 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
5701 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
5703 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
5704 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
5705 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
5706 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
5707 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5709 if (t
->next
!= NULL
)
5710 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
5711 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
5713 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
5714 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
5715 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5717 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
5718 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5720 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
5721 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
5722 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5723 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
5725 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
5726 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
5727 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5729 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5731 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
5733 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
5735 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
5739 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
5740 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5743 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
5744 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
5746 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5748 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
5749 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
5750 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5754 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
5755 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, cdefs
))
5758 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
5761 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
5763 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
5766 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
5768 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
5774 if (info
->executable
)
5775 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
5778 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
5782 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
5784 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
5785 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5787 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
5789 sinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
5791 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
5792 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
5794 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
5796 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5797 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
5800 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
5801 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5804 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
5809 /* Build the version definition section. */
5812 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
5816 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
5818 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
5820 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
5821 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
5825 s
->contents
= bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5826 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5830 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
5835 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
5839 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
5842 t
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
5844 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5845 elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
5846 ? elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
)
5847 : lbasename (t
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
5849 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5852 t
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
5853 if (t
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
5856 t
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
5857 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
5859 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, t
,
5860 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
5861 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
5863 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
5865 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
5866 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5867 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
5868 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5871 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
5874 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
5876 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
5877 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
5878 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
5882 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
5883 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
5886 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
5890 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
5891 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
5892 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
5893 §ion_sym_count
) == 0)
5895 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
5896 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5903 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5905 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5908 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5911 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5913 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
5914 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
5915 unsigned int dtagcount
;
5917 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5919 /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
5920 section symbol for each output section, which come first.
5921 Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
5922 followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
5924 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
5925 §ion_sym_count
);
5927 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
5928 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
5929 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5930 if (dynsymcount
!= 0
5931 && (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
5933 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
5934 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5935 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5938 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
5942 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
5943 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
5944 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
5945 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
5946 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
5947 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
5948 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
5949 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5950 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
5951 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
5953 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
5955 s
->contents
= bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5956 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5959 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol.
5960 Clear all the section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
5961 ++section_sym_count
;
5962 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
5965 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
5967 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
5968 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
5969 if (info
->emit_hash
)
5971 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5972 unsigned long int *hashcodesp
;
5974 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5976 size_t hash_entry_size
;
5978 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
5979 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
5981 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
5982 hashcodes
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
5983 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
5985 hashcodesp
= hashcodes
;
5987 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
5988 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5989 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashcodesp
);
5991 nsyms
= hashcodesp
- hashcodes
;
5993 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
5996 if (bucketcount
== 0)
5999 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6001 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".hash");
6002 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6003 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6004 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
6005 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6006 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6009 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
6010 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
6011 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
6014 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
6017 unsigned char *contents
;
6018 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
6022 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
6024 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6025 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6027 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
6028 cinfo
.hashcodes
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
6029 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
6032 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
6033 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
6034 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
6037 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6038 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6039 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
6042 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
6044 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6046 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6050 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
6051 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6053 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
6055 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
6056 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
6057 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6058 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6059 contents
= bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6060 if (contents
== NULL
)
6062 s
->contents
= contents
;
6063 /* 1 empty bucket. */
6064 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
6065 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
6066 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
6067 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
6068 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
6069 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
6070 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
6071 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
6072 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
6073 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
6074 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
6075 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
6079 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
;
6080 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
6082 maskbitslog2
= bfd_log2 (cinfo
.nsyms
) + 1;
6083 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
6085 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
6086 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
6088 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
6089 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
6091 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
6097 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
6098 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
6099 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
6100 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
6101 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
6102 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
6103 cinfo
.bitmask
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
6104 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
6106 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6110 cinfo
.counts
= (void *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
6111 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
6112 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
6113 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
6115 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6116 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
6117 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
6118 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
6120 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6121 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
6123 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
6124 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
6126 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
6127 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6128 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
6130 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
6131 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6132 contents
= bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6133 if (contents
== NULL
)
6135 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6136 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6140 s
->contents
= contents
;
6141 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
6142 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
6143 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
6144 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
6145 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6147 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6149 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
6150 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
6152 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
6156 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
6158 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
6159 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6160 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
6162 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
6163 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
6165 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
6167 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6170 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6171 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6175 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6176 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6178 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
6180 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6182 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
6183 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
6190 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
6192 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
6194 struct elf_final_link_info
6196 /* General link information. */
6197 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6200 /* Symbol string table. */
6201 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
6202 /* .dynsym section. */
6203 asection
*dynsym_sec
;
6204 /* .hash section. */
6206 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
6207 asection
*symver_sec
;
6208 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
6210 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
6211 void *external_relocs
;
6212 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
6213 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6214 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
6216 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
6217 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
6218 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
6219 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
6221 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
6222 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
6223 of any input BFD. */
6225 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
6226 symbol of any input BFD. */
6227 asection
**sections
;
6228 /* Buffer to hold swapped out symbols. */
6230 /* And one for symbol section indices. */
6231 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
6232 /* Number of swapped out symbols in buffer. */
6233 size_t symbuf_count
;
6234 /* Number of symbols which fit in symbuf. */
6236 /* And same for symshndxbuf. */
6237 size_t shndxbuf_size
;
6240 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
6242 struct elf_outext_info
6245 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
6246 struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
;
6249 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
6250 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
6251 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations in
6252 REL_HDR (there are COUNT of them), using the data in REL_HASH. */
6255 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6256 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
6258 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
)
6261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6263 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
6264 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
6265 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
6268 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
6270 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
6271 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
6273 else if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
6275 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
6276 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
6281 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
6284 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
6291 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
6295 erela
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
6296 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
6298 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
6301 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
6304 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
6306 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
6307 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
6308 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
6309 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
6310 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
6314 struct elf_link_sort_rela
6320 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
6321 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
6322 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
6326 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
6328 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= A
;
6329 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= B
;
6330 int relativea
, relativeb
;
6332 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
6333 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
6335 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
6337 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
6339 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
6341 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
6343 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
6345 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
6351 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
6353 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= A
;
6354 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= B
;
6357 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
6359 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
6361 copya
= (a
->type
== reloc_class_copy
) * 2 + (a
->type
== reloc_class_plt
);
6362 copyb
= (b
->type
== reloc_class_copy
) * 2 + (b
->type
== reloc_class_plt
);
6367 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
6369 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
6375 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
6378 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
6379 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
6380 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
6381 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
6382 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6383 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6384 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
6385 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
6386 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
6389 reldyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
6390 if (reldyn
== NULL
|| reldyn
->size
== 0)
6392 reldyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
6393 if (reldyn
== NULL
|| reldyn
->size
== 0)
6395 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
6396 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
6397 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
6401 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
6402 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
6403 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
6405 count
= reldyn
->size
/ ext_size
;
6408 for (lo
= reldyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
6409 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
6411 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
6415 if (size
!= reldyn
->size
)
6418 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
6419 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
6420 sort
= bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
6423 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
6424 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
6428 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
6429 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
6431 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
6433 for (lo
= reldyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
6434 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
6436 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
6437 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
6439 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
6441 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
6442 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
6443 relocs in this case. */
6448 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
6449 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
6450 while (erel
< erelend
)
6452 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
6453 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
6454 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (s
->rela
);
6455 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
6461 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
6463 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
6465 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
6466 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
6472 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
6473 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
6475 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
6476 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
6478 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
6481 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
6483 for (lo
= reldyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
6484 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
6486 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
6487 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
6490 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
6491 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
6492 while (erel
< erelend
)
6494 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
6495 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
6506 /* Flush the output symbols to the file. */
6509 elf_link_flush_output_syms (struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
,
6510 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
)
6512 if (finfo
->symbuf_count
> 0)
6514 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6518 hdr
= &elf_tdata (finfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6519 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6520 amt
= finfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6521 if (bfd_seek (finfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6522 || bfd_bwrite (finfo
->symbuf
, amt
, finfo
->output_bfd
) != amt
)
6525 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
6526 finfo
->symbuf_count
= 0;
6532 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol table. */
6535 elf_link_output_sym (struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
,
6537 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
6538 asection
*input_sec
,
6539 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6542 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*destshndx
;
6543 bfd_boolean (*output_symbol_hook
)
6544 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
6545 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
6546 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6548 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (finfo
->output_bfd
);
6549 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
6550 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
6552 if (! (*output_symbol_hook
) (finfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
))
6556 if (name
== NULL
|| *name
== '\0')
6557 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
6558 else if (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
6559 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
6562 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (finfo
->symstrtab
,
6564 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6568 if (finfo
->symbuf_count
>= finfo
->symbuf_size
)
6570 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (finfo
, bed
))
6574 dest
= finfo
->symbuf
+ finfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6575 destshndx
= finfo
->symshndxbuf
;
6576 if (destshndx
!= NULL
)
6578 if (bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
) >= finfo
->shndxbuf_size
)
6582 amt
= finfo
->shndxbuf_size
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6583 finfo
->symshndxbuf
= destshndx
= bfd_realloc (destshndx
, amt
* 2);
6584 if (destshndx
== NULL
)
6586 memset ((char *) destshndx
+ amt
, 0, amt
);
6587 finfo
->shndxbuf_size
*= 2;
6589 destshndx
+= bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
);
6592 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (finfo
->output_bfd
, elfsym
, dest
, destshndx
);
6593 finfo
->symbuf_count
+= 1;
6594 bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
6599 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
6602 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6604 if (sym
->st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
6606 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
6608 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6609 (_("%B: Too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
6610 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
);
6611 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6617 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
6618 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
6619 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
6620 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
6621 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
6624 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6625 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
6626 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6629 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
6631 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6634 switch (h
->root
.type
)
6640 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
6641 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
6642 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
6643 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
6644 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
6648 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
6649 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
6650 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
6653 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
6654 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
6657 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
6659 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
6661 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
6664 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6665 bfd_size_type symcount
;
6666 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
6667 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
6668 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
6669 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6670 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
6671 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
6672 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
6673 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
6675 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
6677 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
6679 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
6680 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
6683 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6685 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6686 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
6688 extsymcount
= symcount
;
6693 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
6694 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6697 if (extsymcount
== 0)
6700 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
6702 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6705 /* Read in any version definitions. */
6706 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
6707 extversym
= bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
6708 if (extversym
== NULL
)
6711 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6712 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
6713 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
6721 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
6722 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
6723 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
6726 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
6727 unsigned short version_index
;
6729 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
6730 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6733 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
6736 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
6739 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
6741 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
6743 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
6744 have provided a definition for the undefined sym. */
6748 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
6749 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
6751 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
6765 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
6766 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
6767 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
6768 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
6769 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
6773 elf_link_output_extsym (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
6775 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= data
;
6776 struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
= eoinfo
->finfo
;
6778 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6779 asection
*input_sec
;
6780 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6782 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6784 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6785 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
6789 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
6790 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
6792 if (!h
->forced_local
)
6797 if (h
->forced_local
)
6801 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (finfo
->output_bfd
);
6803 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
6805 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
6806 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
6807 references in regular files have already been handled). */
6808 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
6810 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
6811 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
6812 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
6813 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
6815 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
6816 if (ignore_undef
== FALSE
6819 && ! elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (finfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
6820 && finfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
6822 if (! (finfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
6823 (finfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
, h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
6824 NULL
, 0, finfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)))
6826 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6832 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
6833 shared libraries. */
6834 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
6835 && (! finfo
->info
->shared
)
6840 && ! elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (finfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
6842 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6843 (_("%B: %s symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO"),
6845 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
6846 ? finfo
->output_bfd
: h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
,
6847 ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
6849 : ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
6850 ? "hidden" : "local",
6851 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6852 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6856 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
6857 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
6858 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
6862 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
6864 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
6868 else if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
6870 else if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
6871 && bfd_hash_lookup (finfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
6872 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
6874 else if (finfo
->info
->strip_discarded
6875 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6876 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6877 && elf_discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
6882 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
6883 nothing else to do unless it is a forced local symbol. */
6886 && !h
->forced_local
)
6890 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
6891 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
6892 if (h
->forced_local
)
6893 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, h
->type
);
6894 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6895 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6896 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, h
->type
);
6898 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, h
->type
);
6900 switch (h
->root
.type
)
6903 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
6904 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
6908 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
6909 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
6910 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6911 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6914 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
6915 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
6917 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6918 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6921 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (finfo
->output_bfd
,
6922 input_sec
->output_section
);
6923 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6925 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6926 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
6927 finfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
6928 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6932 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
6933 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
6935 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
6936 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
6938 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
6939 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
6941 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment
6943 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
6944 sym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
6950 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
6951 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
6952 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6953 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6958 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
6959 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
6960 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
6961 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
6964 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
6965 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
6966 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
6967 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
6968 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
6969 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
6970 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
6974 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
6975 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
6976 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
6977 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk. */
6978 if ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
6980 && ((finfo
->info
->shared
6981 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
6982 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6983 || !h
->forced_local
)
6984 && elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6986 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
6987 (finfo
->output_bfd
, finfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
6989 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6994 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
6995 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
6996 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
6997 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
6998 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
6999 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
7000 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
7002 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
7003 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
7007 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
7008 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
7010 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
7011 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
));
7014 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
7015 locally, it is a fatal error. */
7016 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
7017 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
7018 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
7019 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
7022 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7023 (_("%B: %s symbol `%s' isn't defined"),
7025 ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
7027 : ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
7028 ? "internal" : "hidden",
7029 h
->root
.root
.string
);
7030 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
7034 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
7035 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
7036 the entry in the .hash section. */
7037 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
7038 && elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7044 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
7045 esym
= finfo
->dynsym_sec
->contents
+ h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7046 if (! check_dynsym (finfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
7048 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
7051 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (finfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
7053 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
7054 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
7056 if (finfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
7058 size_t hash_entry_size
;
7059 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
7063 = elf_section_data (finfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7064 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) finfo
->hash_sec
->contents
7065 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
7066 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, finfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
7067 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, finfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
, bucketpos
);
7068 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, finfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
7069 ((bfd_byte
*) finfo
->hash_sec
->contents
7070 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
7073 if (finfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& finfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
7075 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
7076 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
7078 if (!h
->def_regular
)
7080 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
7081 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
7083 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
7087 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
7088 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
7090 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
7091 if (finfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
7096 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
7098 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) finfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
7099 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
7100 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (finfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
7104 /* If we're stripping it, then it was just a dynamic symbol, and
7105 there's nothing else to do. */
7106 if (strip
|| (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
7109 h
->indx
= bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
);
7111 if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
, input_sec
, h
))
7113 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
7120 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
7121 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
7124 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
7126 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7128 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
7130 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
7131 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
7137 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
7138 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
7139 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
7145 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
7146 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
7147 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
7148 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
7149 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
7150 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
7151 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
7152 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
7155 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
7157 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
7160 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
7163 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
7166 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
7169 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
7172 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
)
7174 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
7175 asection
*s
= first
;
7179 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
))
7182 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7190 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
7191 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
7195 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
)
7199 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
7202 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
7203 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
);
7204 if (kept
!= NULL
&& sec
->size
!= kept
->size
)
7210 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
7211 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
7212 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
7213 don't have to keep them in memory. */
7216 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
7218 bfd_boolean (*relocate_section
)
7219 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
7220 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
7222 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7225 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
7226 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7227 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
7229 asection
**ppsection
;
7231 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7232 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
7233 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7235 output_bfd
= finfo
->output_bfd
;
7236 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7237 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
7239 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
7240 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
7242 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7245 emit_relocs
= (finfo
->info
->relocatable
7246 || finfo
->info
->emitrelocations
);
7248 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7249 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
7251 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7256 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7257 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7260 /* Read the local symbols. */
7261 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
7262 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
7264 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
7265 finfo
->internal_syms
,
7266 finfo
->external_syms
,
7267 finfo
->locsym_shndx
);
7268 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
7272 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
7273 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
7274 going into the output file. */
7275 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
7276 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= finfo
->indices
, ppsection
= finfo
->sections
;
7278 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
7282 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
7286 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
7288 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
7295 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
7296 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7297 else if (isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
7298 || isym
->st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
7300 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
7302 && isec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
7303 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
7305 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
7306 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
7309 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7310 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
7311 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
7312 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
7315 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
7316 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
7323 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. */
7324 if (ppsection
== finfo
->sections
)
7327 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
7329 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
7330 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
7335 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
7337 if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
7340 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
7341 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
7342 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
7343 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
7345 if (finfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
7348 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
7349 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
7350 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
7351 && (isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
|| isym
->st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
7353 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
7354 isec
->output_section
)))
7357 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
7358 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
7363 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
7364 if ((finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
7365 && (bfd_hash_lookup (finfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
7367 || (((finfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
7368 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && ! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
7369 || finfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
7370 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
7373 /* If we get here, we are going to output this symbol. */
7377 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
7378 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
7379 isec
->output_section
);
7380 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7383 *pindex
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
7385 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
7386 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
7387 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
7388 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
7389 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
7390 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
7391 these requirements. */
7392 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
7393 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
7395 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
7396 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
7398 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
7399 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
7400 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
7404 if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
))
7408 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
7409 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
7410 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7414 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
7416 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
7420 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
7421 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
7424 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
7426 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
7431 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
7432 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
7433 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
7434 the routines which work on output files. */
7435 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
7436 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
7439 bfd_size_type amt
= o
->rawsize
? o
->rawsize
: o
->size
;
7441 contents
= finfo
->contents
;
7442 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, contents
, 0, amt
))
7446 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
7448 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7449 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
7452 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
7454 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, finfo
->external_relocs
,
7455 finfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
7456 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
7457 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
7460 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
7467 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
7471 /* Run through the relocs looking for any against symbols
7472 from discarded sections and section symbols from
7473 removed link-once sections. Complain about relocs
7474 against discarded sections. Zero relocs against removed
7475 link-once sections. */
7476 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
7478 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
7479 unsigned int action
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
7481 rel
= internal_relocs
;
7482 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7483 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7485 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
7486 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
7487 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
7488 const char *sym_name
;
7490 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
7493 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
7494 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
7495 && finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
7497 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
7499 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
7500 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
7501 we do not seg fault. */
7506 sprintf_vma (buffer
, rel
->r_info
);
7507 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7508 (_("error: %B contains a reloc (0x%s) for section %A "
7509 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
7510 input_bfd
, o
, buffer
);
7511 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7515 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7516 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7517 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7519 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7520 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7523 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7524 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7528 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
7529 ps
= &finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
7530 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
,
7535 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
7536 discarded section. */
7537 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& elf_discarded_section (sec
))
7539 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= 0);
7540 if (action
& COMPLAIN
)
7541 (*finfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
7542 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
7543 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
7544 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
7546 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
7547 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
7548 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
7549 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
7550 symbol here means we will be changing all later
7551 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
7552 if (action
& PRETEND
)
7556 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
);
7564 /* Remove the symbol reference from the reloc, but
7565 don't kill the reloc completely. This is so that
7566 a zero value will be written into the section,
7567 which may have non-zero contents put there by the
7568 assembler. Zero in things like an eh_frame fde
7569 pc_begin allows stack unwinders to recognize the
7571 rel
->r_info
&= r_type_mask
;
7577 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
7579 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
7580 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
7581 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
7582 reloc addend as necessary.
7584 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
7585 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
7587 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
7588 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
7589 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
7591 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
7592 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
7593 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
7594 corresponding to the output section, which will require
7595 the addend to be adjusted. */
7597 if (! (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, finfo
->info
,
7598 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
7606 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
7607 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
7608 bfd_vma last_offset
;
7609 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
7610 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
;
7611 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rel_hdr2
;
7612 unsigned int next_erel
;
7613 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
7615 input_rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
;
7616 rela_normal
= (bed
->rela_normal
7617 && (input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
7618 == bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
));
7620 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
7622 irela
= internal_relocs
;
7623 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7624 rel_hash
= (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->rel_hashes
7625 + elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->rel_count
7626 + elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->rel_count2
);
7627 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
7628 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
7629 if (!finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
7630 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
7631 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
7633 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7635 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7637 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
7643 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
7646 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7648 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
7649 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
7650 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
7651 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
7653 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
7655 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
7659 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
7661 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
7662 if (!finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
7663 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
7665 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
7667 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
7668 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
7671 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
7672 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
7673 && finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
7675 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
7678 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
7679 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
7680 we do not know the symbol index of any global
7681 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
7682 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
7683 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
7684 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
7685 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
7686 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
7687 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7688 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7689 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7691 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
7692 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
7694 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
7702 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
7705 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
7706 sec
= finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
7707 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
7709 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
7710 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
7711 processor specific section. */
7713 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
7715 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7717 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7722 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
7724 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
7725 section will be the absolute section. In
7726 case of discarded link-once and discarded
7727 SEC_MERGE sections, use the kept section. */
7728 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
7729 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
7730 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7732 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
7733 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
7736 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
7738 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
7739 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= 0);
7743 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
7744 section winds up in the output section. */
7746 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7750 if (finfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
7752 unsigned long shlink
;
7756 if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
7758 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
7759 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7763 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
7764 since it is needed by a reloc, we
7765 must output it now. */
7766 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
7767 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
7768 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
7772 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
7774 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
7776 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7779 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7780 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
7782 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
7783 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
7785 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
7787 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)
7789 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)
7794 finfo
->indices
[r_symndx
]
7795 = bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
7797 if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo
, name
, &sym
, sec
,
7802 r_symndx
= finfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
7805 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
7806 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
7809 /* Swap out the relocs. */
7810 if (input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
7811 && !bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
7817 input_rel_hdr2
= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
;
7818 if (input_rel_hdr2
&& input_rel_hdr2
->sh_size
!= 0)
7820 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
7821 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7822 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
7823 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
7832 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
7833 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
7834 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, o
, contents
))
7836 /* Section written out. */
7838 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
7840 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
7841 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
7843 &elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
7844 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
7847 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
7848 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
7849 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
7852 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
7854 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, finfo
->info
,
7861 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
7862 && ! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, o
->output_section
,
7864 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
,
7875 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
7876 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
7877 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
7881 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7882 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7883 asection
*output_section
,
7884 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
7886 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7890 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
7891 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7892 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7893 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
7897 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
7900 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7904 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
7906 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
7907 rel_hash_ptr
= (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hashes
7908 + elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
7909 + elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count2
);
7910 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
7912 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
7913 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
7914 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
7918 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7920 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
7921 actually against the section. */
7922 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7923 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
7924 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
7925 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
7927 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7928 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7932 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7933 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
7934 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
7935 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
7936 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
7937 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
7938 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
7942 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
7943 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
7950 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
7951 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0)))
7957 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
7959 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
7962 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
7965 const char *sym_name
;
7967 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
7968 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (size
);
7971 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
7978 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
7981 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
7982 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
7983 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
7984 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
7986 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
7987 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
7988 (info
, NULL
, sym_name
, howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
,
7989 NULL
, (bfd_vma
) 0)))
7996 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
7997 link_order
->offset
, size
);
8003 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
8004 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
8006 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
8007 if (! info
->relocatable
)
8008 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
8010 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
8012 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
8014 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
8016 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8017 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
8019 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
8021 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr
;
8022 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
8023 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
8025 erel
+= (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
8026 * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
8027 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
8031 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
8032 erel
+= (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
8033 * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
8034 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
8037 ++elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
;
8043 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
8046 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
8048 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
8052 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8053 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
8054 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
8055 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
8057 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
8058 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
8059 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
8060 where elfsec is 0. */
8063 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
8064 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
8065 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
8066 bed
->link_order_error_handler
8067 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
8072 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
8073 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
8078 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
8079 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
8082 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
8087 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
8088 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
8095 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
8096 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
8097 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
8098 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
8101 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
8106 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
8108 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8110 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
8111 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
8115 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
8118 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8120 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8122 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8124 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
8125 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
8126 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
8127 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
8128 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
)
8142 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
8144 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
8145 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered [`%A' in %B] and unordered [`%A' in %B] sections"),
8147 linkorder_sec
->owner
, other_sec
,
8150 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"),
8152 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8157 if (!seen_linkorder
)
8160 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
8161 xmalloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
8164 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8166 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
8168 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
8169 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
8170 compare_link_order
);
8172 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
8174 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
8176 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
8177 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
)((1 << s
->alignment_power
) - 1);
8178 s
->output_offset
= offset
;
8179 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
8180 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
8187 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
8190 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8192 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
8193 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
8195 struct elf_final_link_info finfo
;
8196 register asection
*o
;
8197 register struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
8199 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
8200 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
8201 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
8202 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
8203 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
8205 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
8207 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8208 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8209 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8210 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8211 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
8213 size_t relativecount
= 0;
8214 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
8217 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
8221 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
8223 dynamic
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
8224 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8226 emit_relocs
= (info
->relocatable
8227 || info
->emitrelocations
);
8230 finfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
8231 finfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
8232 if (finfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
8237 finfo
.dynsym_sec
= NULL
;
8238 finfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
8239 finfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
8243 finfo
.dynsym_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
8244 finfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".hash");
8245 BFD_ASSERT (finfo
.dynsym_sec
!= NULL
);
8246 finfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
8247 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
8250 finfo
.contents
= NULL
;
8251 finfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
8252 finfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
8253 finfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
8254 finfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
8255 finfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
8256 finfo
.indices
= NULL
;
8257 finfo
.sections
= NULL
;
8258 finfo
.symbuf
= NULL
;
8259 finfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
8260 finfo
.symbuf_count
= 0;
8261 finfo
.shndxbuf_size
= 0;
8263 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
8264 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
8265 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
8266 max_contents_size
= 0;
8267 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
8268 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
8270 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
8272 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8274 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
8277 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8279 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
8280 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
8281 unsigned int *rel_count1
;
8283 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
8284 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
8286 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8290 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8291 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
8293 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
8294 link. This will normally be every section. We need
8295 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
8296 the linker has decided to not include. */
8297 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
8299 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
8302 if (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
)
8303 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
8304 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
8306 Elf_Internal_Rela
* relocs
;
8308 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8311 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (sec
, relocs
);
8313 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
8317 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
8318 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
8319 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
8320 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
8322 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
8324 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
8325 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
8329 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
8330 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
8331 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
8333 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
8335 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
8336 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
8338 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
8339 && elf_symtab_shndx (sec
->owner
) != 0)
8340 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
8342 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
8346 ext_size
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel_hdr
.sh_size
;
8347 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
8348 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
8349 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
8350 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
8355 if (reloc_count
== 0)
8358 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
8360 /* MIPS may have a mix of REL and RELA relocs on sections.
8361 To support this curious ABI we keep reloc counts in
8362 elf_section_data too. We must be careful to add the
8363 relocations from the input section to the right output
8364 count. FIXME: Get rid of one count. We have
8365 o->reloc_count == esdo->rel_count + esdo->rel_count2. */
8366 rel_count1
= &esdo
->rel_count
;
8369 bfd_boolean same_size
;
8370 bfd_size_type entsize1
;
8372 entsize1
= esdi
->rel_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8373 BFD_ASSERT (entsize1
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
8374 || entsize1
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
8375 same_size
= !o
->use_rela_p
== (entsize1
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
8378 rel_count1
= &esdo
->rel_count2
;
8380 if (esdi
->rel_hdr2
!= NULL
)
8382 bfd_size_type entsize2
= esdi
->rel_hdr2
->sh_entsize
;
8383 unsigned int alt_count
;
8384 unsigned int *rel_count2
;
8386 BFD_ASSERT (entsize2
!= entsize1
8387 && (entsize2
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
8388 || entsize2
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
));
8390 rel_count2
= &esdo
->rel_count2
;
8392 rel_count2
= &esdo
->rel_count
;
8394 /* The following is probably too simplistic if the
8395 backend counts output relocs unusually. */
8396 BFD_ASSERT (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
== NULL
);
8397 alt_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel_hdr2
);
8398 *rel_count2
+= alt_count
;
8399 reloc_count
-= alt_count
;
8402 *rel_count1
+= reloc_count
;
8405 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
8406 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
8409 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
8410 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
8411 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
8412 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
8415 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
8416 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
8417 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
8418 sections are handled correctly. */
8419 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8420 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
8424 if (! info
->relocatable
&& merged
)
8425 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
8426 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
8428 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
8429 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
8430 to create a symbol table. */
8431 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
== strip_all
? 0 : 1;
8432 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
8433 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
8436 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
8437 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8439 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
8441 if (!(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section
8442 (abfd
, &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
, o
)))
8445 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
8446 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section
8447 (abfd
, elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
, o
)))
8451 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
8452 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
8453 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
= 0;
8454 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count2
= 0;
8457 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
8459 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
8460 .symtab and .strtab. We start the .symtab section at the current
8461 file position, and write directly to it. We build the .strtab
8462 section in memory. */
8463 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
8464 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8465 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
8466 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8467 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
8468 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8469 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
8470 /* sh_info is set below. */
8471 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
8472 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8474 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
8475 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
8477 /* Note that at this point elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos is
8478 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
8479 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
8481 /* Allocate a buffer to hold swapped out symbols. This is to avoid
8482 continuously seeking to the right position in the file. */
8483 if (! info
->keep_memory
|| max_sym_count
< 20)
8484 finfo
.symbuf_size
= 20;
8486 finfo
.symbuf_size
= max_sym_count
;
8487 amt
= finfo
.symbuf_size
;
8488 amt
*= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8489 finfo
.symbuf
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8490 if (finfo
.symbuf
== NULL
)
8492 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > SHN_LORESERVE
)
8494 /* Wild guess at number of output symbols. realloc'd as needed. */
8495 amt
= 2 * max_sym_count
+ elf_numsections (abfd
) + 1000;
8496 finfo
.shndxbuf_size
= amt
;
8497 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8498 finfo
.symshndxbuf
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
8499 if (finfo
.symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
8503 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
8505 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
8508 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
8511 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
8512 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8513 if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, bfd_und_section_ptr
,
8518 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
8519 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
8520 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
8521 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
8522 outputting relocs. */
8523 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
8527 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8528 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
8529 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
8530 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
8532 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
8535 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8536 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
8537 if (!info
->relocatable
)
8538 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
8539 if (!elf_link_output_sym (&finfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
, NULL
))
8542 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
8543 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
8547 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
8549 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
8551 finfo
.contents
= bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
8552 if (finfo
.contents
== NULL
)
8556 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
8558 finfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
8559 if (finfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
8563 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
8565 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8566 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
8567 finfo
.internal_relocs
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8568 if (finfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8572 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
8574 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8575 finfo
.external_syms
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8576 if (finfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
8579 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
8580 finfo
.internal_syms
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8581 if (finfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
8584 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
8585 finfo
.indices
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8586 if (finfo
.indices
== NULL
)
8589 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
8590 finfo
.sections
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8591 if (finfo
.sections
== NULL
)
8595 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
8597 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8598 finfo
.locsym_shndx
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8599 if (finfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
8603 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
)
8605 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
8608 for (sec
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
;
8609 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
8612 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
8615 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
8617 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
8619 size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
8621 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
8623 base
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
8624 end
= align_power (end
, elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
8625 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_size
= end
- base
;
8628 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
8629 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8631 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
8635 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
8636 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
8637 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
8638 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
8639 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
8641 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
8642 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
8643 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
8644 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
8645 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
8646 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
8647 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
8648 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
8649 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
8650 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
8651 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
8652 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
8653 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
8655 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
8656 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
8657 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8659 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8661 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
8662 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
8663 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8664 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
8666 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
8668 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&finfo
, sub
))
8670 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
8673 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
8674 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
8676 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
8681 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
8687 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
8688 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
8689 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
8690 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
8691 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
8692 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
8693 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8694 eoinfo
.finfo
= &finfo
;
8695 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
8696 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_link_output_extsym
,
8701 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
8702 table, do it now. */
8703 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
8705 typedef bfd_boolean (*out_sym_func
)
8706 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
8707 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
8709 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
8710 (abfd
, info
, &finfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
8714 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
8715 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
8716 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
8717 converted to local in a version script. */
8719 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
8720 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8723 && finfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
8725 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8726 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= finfo
.dynsym_sec
->contents
;
8727 long last_local
= 0;
8729 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
8730 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
8736 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8739 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8745 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
8748 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
8749 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
8750 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
8751 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
8753 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
8754 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8755 if (last_local
< dynindx
)
8756 last_local
= dynindx
;
8757 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
8761 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
8762 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
8764 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
8765 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
8770 sym
.st_size
= e
->isym
.st_size
;
8771 sym
.st_other
= e
->isym
.st_other
;
8773 /* Copy the internal symbol as is.
8774 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
8775 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
8778 if (e
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
8779 && (e
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
8780 || e
->isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
))
8782 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
8786 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
8787 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
8789 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
8791 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
8794 if (last_local
< e
->dynindx
)
8795 last_local
= e
->dynindx
;
8797 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8798 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
8802 elf_section_data (finfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
=
8806 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
8807 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8808 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
8809 eoinfo
.finfo
= &finfo
;
8810 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_link_output_extsym
,
8815 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
8816 table, do it now. */
8817 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
8819 typedef bfd_boolean (*out_sym_func
)
8820 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
8821 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
8823 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
8824 (abfd
, info
, &finfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
8828 /* Flush all symbols to the file. */
8829 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (&finfo
, bed
))
8832 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
8833 off
+= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
8835 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8836 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8838 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8839 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8840 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8841 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8842 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8844 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
8847 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8848 || (bfd_bwrite (finfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
8853 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
8855 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8856 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
8857 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8858 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
8859 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8860 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (finfo
.symstrtab
);
8861 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8862 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8863 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8864 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
8865 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8867 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
8868 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
8870 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
8872 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8873 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, finfo
.symstrtab
))
8877 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
8878 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8880 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
8883 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
,
8884 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
,
8885 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
);
8886 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
!= NULL
)
8887 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
,
8888 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count2
,
8889 (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
8890 + elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
));
8892 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
8893 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
8897 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
8898 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
8900 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
8901 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
8904 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
8906 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
8907 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
8908 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
8910 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
8911 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8912 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
8914 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8918 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
8925 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
8927 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
8929 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
8930 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
8933 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
8940 name
= info
->init_function
;
8943 name
= info
->fini_function
;
8946 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8948 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
,
8949 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8951 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8952 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
8954 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8955 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8956 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8957 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
8958 + o
->output_offset
);
8961 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
8962 library and does not apply to this one. */
8970 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
8971 name
= ".preinit_array";
8973 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
8974 name
= ".init_array";
8976 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
8977 name
= ".fini_array";
8979 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
8982 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8983 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
8987 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8988 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
8989 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
8992 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
8993 name
= ".preinit_array";
8996 name
= ".init_array";
8999 name
= ".fini_array";
9015 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
9018 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
9021 name
= ".gnu.version";
9023 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
9026 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9027 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
9030 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->vma
;
9037 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
9042 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
9044 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9046 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
9047 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
9048 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
9050 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
9051 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
9054 if (dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== 0
9055 || hdr
->sh_addr
< dyn
.d_un
.d_val
)
9056 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
9062 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
9066 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
9069 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
9072 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
9073 if (info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& info
->shared
)
9075 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9077 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
9078 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9079 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
9081 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
9082 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9083 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
9085 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9087 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9089 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
9092 (_("warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object."));
9098 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9100 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
9102 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9104 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9106 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
9107 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
9110 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
9112 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
9114 if ((elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
9116 || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), ".dynstr") != 0)
9118 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
9120 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
,
9126 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
9128 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
9129 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9130 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
,
9131 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
))
9137 if (info
->relocatable
)
9139 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
9141 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
9146 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
9147 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
9149 if (! _bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
))
9153 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
)
9155 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
9159 if (finfo
.symstrtab
!= NULL
)
9160 _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo
.symstrtab
);
9161 if (finfo
.contents
!= NULL
)
9162 free (finfo
.contents
);
9163 if (finfo
.external_relocs
!= NULL
)
9164 free (finfo
.external_relocs
);
9165 if (finfo
.internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
9166 free (finfo
.internal_relocs
);
9167 if (finfo
.external_syms
!= NULL
)
9168 free (finfo
.external_syms
);
9169 if (finfo
.locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
9170 free (finfo
.locsym_shndx
);
9171 if (finfo
.internal_syms
!= NULL
)
9172 free (finfo
.internal_syms
);
9173 if (finfo
.indices
!= NULL
)
9174 free (finfo
.indices
);
9175 if (finfo
.sections
!= NULL
)
9176 free (finfo
.sections
);
9177 if (finfo
.symbuf
!= NULL
)
9178 free (finfo
.symbuf
);
9179 if (finfo
.symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
9180 free (finfo
.symshndxbuf
);
9181 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9183 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
9184 && elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
!= NULL
)
9185 free (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
);
9188 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
= TRUE
;
9193 if (finfo
.symstrtab
!= NULL
)
9194 _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo
.symstrtab
);
9195 if (finfo
.contents
!= NULL
)
9196 free (finfo
.contents
);
9197 if (finfo
.external_relocs
!= NULL
)
9198 free (finfo
.external_relocs
);
9199 if (finfo
.internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
9200 free (finfo
.internal_relocs
);
9201 if (finfo
.external_syms
!= NULL
)
9202 free (finfo
.external_syms
);
9203 if (finfo
.locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
9204 free (finfo
.locsym_shndx
);
9205 if (finfo
.internal_syms
!= NULL
)
9206 free (finfo
.internal_syms
);
9207 if (finfo
.indices
!= NULL
)
9208 free (finfo
.indices
);
9209 if (finfo
.sections
!= NULL
)
9210 free (finfo
.sections
);
9211 if (finfo
.symbuf
!= NULL
)
9212 free (finfo
.symbuf
);
9213 if (finfo
.symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
9214 free (finfo
.symshndxbuf
);
9215 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9217 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
9218 && elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
!= NULL
)
9219 free (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
);
9225 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
9227 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
9228 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
9229 which define symbols to which it refers. */
9231 typedef asection
* (*gc_mark_hook_fn
)
9232 (asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
9233 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*);
9236 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9238 gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
9242 asection
*group_sec
;
9246 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
9247 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
9248 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
9249 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
9252 /* Look through the section relocs. */
9254 is_eh
= strcmp (sec
->name
, ".eh_frame") == 0;
9255 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0)
9257 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
9258 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9259 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9262 bfd
*input_bfd
= sec
->owner
;
9263 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
);
9264 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= NULL
;
9267 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9268 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
9270 /* Read the local symbols. */
9271 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9273 nlocsyms
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9277 extsymoff
= nlocsyms
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9279 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
9280 if (isym
== NULL
&& nlocsyms
!= 0)
9282 isym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, nlocsyms
, 0,
9288 /* Read the relocations. */
9289 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9291 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9296 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9298 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9303 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
9305 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9307 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9309 r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
9313 if (r_symndx
>= nlocsyms
9314 || ELF_ST_BIND (isym
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
9316 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
9317 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9318 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9319 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9320 rsec
= (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, NULL
);
9324 rsec
= (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, rel
, NULL
, &isym
[r_symndx
]);
9327 if (rsec
&& !rsec
->gc_mark
)
9329 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9332 rsec
->gc_mark_from_eh
= 1;
9333 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
9342 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9345 if (isym
!= NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isym
)
9347 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
9350 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isym
;
9357 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
9359 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
{
9360 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9361 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
9366 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9368 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9369 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9371 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9372 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9373 && !h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
9374 && !(h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
))
9376 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
= data
;
9377 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
9383 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
9385 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
9386 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
9389 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9392 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9393 gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
= bed
->gc_sweep_hook
;
9394 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
9395 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
9397 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
9401 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9404 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9406 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
9407 if ((o
->flags
& (SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != 0
9408 || (o
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
9414 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
9415 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
9418 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
9419 to remove a section from the output. */
9420 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9422 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
9423 info we collected before. */
9425 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
9426 && o
->reloc_count
> 0
9427 && !bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
9429 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
9433 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
9435 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
9438 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
9440 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
9441 free (internal_relocs
);
9449 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the dynamic
9450 symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them out of the
9451 static symbol table as well? */
9452 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
9453 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
9454 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
9457 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (abfd
, info
, §ion_sym_count
);
9461 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
9462 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
9465 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
9467 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9468 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9470 /* Those that are not vtables. */
9471 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
9474 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
9475 if (h
->vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
9478 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
9479 if (h
->vtable
->used
&& h
->vtable
->used
[-1])
9482 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
9483 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->vtable
->parent
, okp
);
9485 if (h
->vtable
->used
== NULL
)
9487 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
9489 h
->vtable
->used
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
9490 h
->vtable
->size
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
;
9495 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
9497 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
9498 cu
= h
->vtable
->used
;
9500 pu
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
9503 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9504 unsigned int log_file_align
;
9506 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
9507 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
9508 n
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
9523 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
9526 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
9527 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
9528 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9529 unsigned int log_file_align
;
9531 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9532 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9534 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
9535 well as those that are not loaded. */
9536 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
9539 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9540 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
9542 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9543 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9544 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
9546 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
9548 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
9549 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
9550 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
9552 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9554 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
9555 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
9557 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
9559 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->vtable
->size
)
9561 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
9562 if (h
->vtable
->used
[entry
])
9565 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
9566 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
9572 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
9573 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
9577 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9579 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9581 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9582 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9584 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9585 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9587 || (!info
->executable
9589 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
9590 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
)))
9591 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
9596 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
9599 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9601 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
9603 asection
* (*gc_mark_hook
)
9604 (asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
9605 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*);
9606 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9608 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
9609 || info
->relocatable
9610 || info
->emitrelocations
9611 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9613 (*_bfd_error_handler
)(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
9617 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
9618 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
9619 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
,
9624 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
9625 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
9626 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
,
9631 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
9632 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9633 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
9634 bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
,
9637 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
9638 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
9639 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
9643 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9646 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9647 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0 && !o
->gc_mark
)
9648 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
9652 /* ... again for sections marked from eh_frame. */
9653 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
9657 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9660 /* Keep .gcc_except_table.* if the associated .text.* is
9661 marked. This isn't very nice, but the proper solution,
9662 splitting .eh_frame up and using comdat doesn't pan out
9663 easily due to needing special relocs to handle the
9664 difference of two symbols in separate sections.
9665 Don't keep code sections referenced by .eh_frame. */
9666 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9667 if (!o
->gc_mark
&& o
->gc_mark_from_eh
&& (o
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
9669 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gcc_except_table.", 18) == 0)
9675 len
= strlen (o
->name
+ 18) + 1;
9676 fn_name
= bfd_malloc (len
+ 6);
9677 if (fn_name
== NULL
)
9679 memcpy (fn_name
, ".text.", 6);
9680 memcpy (fn_name
+ 6, o
->name
+ 18, len
);
9681 fn_text
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, fn_name
);
9683 if (fn_text
== NULL
|| !fn_text
->gc_mark
)
9687 /* If not using specially named exception table section,
9688 then keep whatever we are using. */
9689 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
9694 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
9695 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
9698 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
9701 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
9703 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9706 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
9707 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
9708 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
9709 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9711 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
9712 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
9714 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9715 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
9716 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
9718 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
9719 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
9721 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
9722 offset as the relocation. */
9723 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
9725 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
9726 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9727 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9728 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
9729 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
9733 (*_bfd_error_handler
) ("%B: %A+%lu: No symbol found for INHERIT",
9734 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) offset
);
9735 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9741 child
->vtable
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->vtable
));
9747 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
9748 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
9749 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
9750 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
9752 child
->vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
9755 child
->vtable
->parent
= h
;
9760 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
9763 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9764 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9765 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9768 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9769 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
9773 h
->vtable
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->vtable
));
9778 if (addend
>= h
->vtable
->size
)
9780 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
9781 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->vtable
->used
;
9783 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
9785 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
9786 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9787 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
9793 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
9794 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
9795 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
9798 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
9800 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
9801 consolidation pass. */
9802 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
9806 ptr
= bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
9812 oldbytes
= (((h
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
9813 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
9814 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
9818 ptr
= bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
9823 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
9824 h
->vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
9825 h
->vtable
->size
= size
;
9828 h
->vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
9833 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
9835 unsigned int got_elt_size
;
9838 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
9839 to real got offsets. */
9842 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
9844 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= arg
;
9846 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9847 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9849 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9851 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
9852 gofarg
->gotoff
+= gofarg
->got_elt_size
;
9855 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9860 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
9861 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
9864 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
9865 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9868 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9870 unsigned int got_elt_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
9871 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
9873 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9876 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
9877 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
9878 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
9881 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
9883 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
9884 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link_next
)
9886 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
9887 bfd_size_type j
, locsymcount
;
9888 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9890 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9893 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
9897 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
9898 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
9899 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9901 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9903 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
9905 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
9907 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
9908 gotoff
+= got_elt_size
;
9911 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
9915 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
9916 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
9917 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
9918 gofarg
.got_elt_size
= got_elt_size
;
9919 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
9920 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
9925 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
9926 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
9929 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9931 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
9934 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
9935 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
9939 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
9941 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= cookie
;
9943 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
9944 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
9946 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
9948 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9950 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
9951 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
9953 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
9956 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
9957 if (r_symndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9960 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
9961 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
9963 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9965 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
9967 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9968 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9969 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9971 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9972 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9973 && elf_discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9980 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
9981 but it could be a relocation against a local
9982 symbol for a discarded section. */
9984 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9986 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
9987 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
9988 if (isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
|| isym
->st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
9990 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
9991 if (isec
!= NULL
&& elf_discarded_section (isec
))
10000 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
10001 Returns TRUE if any section's size was changed. */
10002 /* This function assumes that the relocations are in sorted order,
10003 which is true for all known assemblers. */
10006 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10008 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
10009 asection
*stab
, *eh
;
10010 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10011 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10013 unsigned int count
;
10014 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
10016 if (info
->traditional_format
10017 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
10020 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
10022 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10025 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10027 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10030 eh
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".eh_frame");
10031 if (info
->relocatable
10034 || bfd_is_abs_section (eh
->output_section
))))
10037 stab
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stab");
10039 && (stab
->size
== 0
10040 || bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
)
10041 || stab
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
))
10046 && bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
== NULL
)
10049 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10050 cookie
.abfd
= abfd
;
10051 cookie
.sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
10052 cookie
.bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
10053 if (cookie
.bad_symtab
)
10055 cookie
.locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10056 cookie
.extsymoff
= 0;
10060 cookie
.locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10061 cookie
.extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10064 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10065 cookie
.r_sym_shift
= 8;
10067 cookie
.r_sym_shift
= 32;
10069 cookie
.locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
10070 if (cookie
.locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
.locsymcount
!= 0)
10072 cookie
.locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10073 cookie
.locsymcount
, 0,
10075 if (cookie
.locsyms
== NULL
)
10081 cookie
.rels
= NULL
;
10082 count
= stab
->reloc_count
;
10084 cookie
.rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, stab
, NULL
, NULL
,
10085 info
->keep_memory
);
10086 if (cookie
.rels
!= NULL
)
10088 cookie
.rel
= cookie
.rels
;
10089 cookie
.relend
= cookie
.rels
;
10090 cookie
.relend
+= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10091 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, stab
,
10092 elf_section_data (stab
)->sec_info
,
10093 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
10096 if (elf_section_data (stab
)->relocs
!= cookie
.rels
)
10097 free (cookie
.rels
);
10103 cookie
.rels
= NULL
;
10104 count
= eh
->reloc_count
;
10106 cookie
.rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, eh
, NULL
, NULL
,
10107 info
->keep_memory
);
10108 cookie
.rel
= cookie
.rels
;
10109 cookie
.relend
= cookie
.rels
;
10110 if (cookie
.rels
!= NULL
)
10111 cookie
.relend
+= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10113 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, eh
,
10114 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
10118 if (cookie
.rels
!= NULL
10119 && elf_section_data (eh
)->relocs
!= cookie
.rels
)
10120 free (cookie
.rels
);
10123 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
10124 && (*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
10127 if (cookie
.locsyms
!= NULL
10128 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
.locsyms
)
10130 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
10131 free (cookie
.locsyms
);
10133 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) cookie
.locsyms
;
10137 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
10138 && !info
->relocatable
10139 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
10146 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
* sec
)
10149 const char *name
, *p
;
10150 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
10151 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
10154 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
10155 linkonce section. See below. */
10156 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10159 flags
= sec
->flags
;
10161 /* Check if it belongs to a section group. */
10162 group
= elf_sec_group (sec
);
10164 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section nor a member of a group. A
10165 comdat group section also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
10166 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0 && group
== NULL
)
10171 /* If this is the member of a single member comdat group, check if
10172 the group should be discarded. */
10173 if (elf_next_in_group (sec
) == sec
10174 && (group
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) != 0)
10180 /* FIXME: When doing a relocatable link, we may have trouble
10181 copying relocations in other sections that refer to local symbols
10182 in the section being discarded. Those relocations will have to
10183 be converted somehow; as of this writing I'm not sure that any of
10184 the backends handle that correctly.
10186 It is tempting to instead not discard link once sections when
10187 doing a relocatable link (technically, they should be discarded
10188 whenever we are building constructors). However, that fails,
10189 because the linker winds up combining all the link once sections
10190 into a single large link once section, which defeats the purpose
10191 of having link once sections in the first place.
10193 Also, not merging link once sections in a relocatable link
10194 causes trouble for MIPS ELF, which relies on link once semantics
10195 to handle the .reginfo section correctly. */
10197 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
10199 if (strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.", sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1) == 0
10200 && (p
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
10205 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (p
);
10207 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
10209 /* We may have 3 different sections on the list: group section,
10210 comdat section and linkonce section. SEC may be a linkonce or
10211 group section. We match a group section with a group section,
10212 a linkonce section with a linkonce section, and ignore comdat
10214 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
10215 && strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0
10216 && bfd_coff_get_comdat_section (l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
) == NULL
)
10218 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
10219 issue a warning. */
10220 switch (flags
& SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
)
10225 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
:
10228 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_ONE_ONLY
:
10229 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10230 (_("%B: ignoring duplicate section `%A'"),
10234 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
:
10235 if (sec
->size
!= l
->sec
->size
)
10236 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10237 (_("%B: duplicate section `%A' has different size"),
10241 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_CONTENTS
:
10242 if (sec
->size
!= l
->sec
->size
)
10243 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10244 (_("%B: duplicate section `%A' has different size"),
10246 else if (sec
->size
!= 0)
10248 bfd_byte
*sec_contents
, *l_sec_contents
;
10250 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &sec_contents
))
10251 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10252 (_("%B: warning: could not read contents of section `%A'"),
10254 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
,
10256 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10257 (_("%B: warning: could not read contents of section `%A'"),
10258 l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
);
10259 else if (memcmp (sec_contents
, l_sec_contents
, sec
->size
) != 0)
10260 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10261 (_("%B: warning: duplicate section `%A' has different contents"),
10265 free (sec_contents
);
10266 if (l_sec_contents
)
10267 free (l_sec_contents
);
10272 /* Set the output_section field so that lang_add_section
10273 does not create a lang_input_section structure for this
10274 section. Since there might be a symbol in the section
10275 being discarded, we must retain a pointer to the section
10276 which we are really going to use. */
10277 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10278 sec
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
10280 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
10282 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
10283 asection
*s
= first
;
10287 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10288 /* Record which group discards it. */
10289 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
10290 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
10291 /* These lists are circular. */
10303 /* If this is the member of a single member comdat group and the
10304 group hasn't be discarded, we check if it matches a linkonce
10305 section. We only record the discarded comdat group. Otherwise
10306 the undiscarded group will be discarded incorrectly later since
10307 itself has been recorded. */
10308 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
10309 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
10310 && bfd_coff_get_comdat_section (l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
) == NULL
10311 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
,
10312 elf_next_in_group (sec
)))
10314 elf_next_in_group (sec
)->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10315 elf_next_in_group (sec
)->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
10316 group
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10323 /* There is no direct match. But for linkonce section, we should
10324 check if there is a match with comdat group member. We always
10325 record the linkonce section, discarded or not. */
10326 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
10327 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
10329 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
10332 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
10333 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
))
10335 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10336 sec
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
10341 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
10342 bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
);
10346 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10348 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
10352 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10358 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10360 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;